Philips PSA[CD Manuel utilisateur

Marque: Philips

Modèle: PSA[CD

Catégorie: Lecteur CD

Taper: Manuel utilisateur

Ce manuel convient également à

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

!!!

off/resume/hold

portable cd player

psa[cd

Portable Sport Audio by Philips

QUICK START

resume and hold

you can interrupt playback and continue (even

after an extended period of time) from the

position where playback stopped (resume) and

you can lock all buttons of the set so that no

action will be executed (hold). use the

off–resume–hold slider for these functions.

resume – continuing from where you have stopped

1 switch the slider to resume during playback to

activate resume.

y resume is shown.

2 press 9 whenever you want to stop playback.

3 press 2; whenever you want to resume

playback.

y resume is shown and playback continues

from where you have stopped.

• to deactivate resume, switch the slider to off.

y resume goes off.

hold – locking all buttons

you can lock the buttons of the set by switching the slider to hold. now,

when a key is pressed, no action will be executed. this is of use, for

example, when transporting the player in a bag. with hold activated, you

can avoid accidental activation of other functions.

1 switch the slider to hold (or switch hold on the

remote control) to activate hold.

y all buttons are locked is shown when

you press any button. indicator turns red

and ﬂashes. if the set is switched off,

will be shown only when 2; is pressed.

2 to deactivate hold, switch the slider to off. (or

switch hold on the remote control)

note: if you deactivate hold by switching the slider to resume, you will

be activating the resume function.

english controls

supplied accessories

– 1 x headphones, HJ050

– 1 x remote control, AY3781

– 2 x alkaline batteries type AAA

– 1 x hand strap / waist pack, AY3293

controls

( see ﬁgure

)

1 mode...................selects the different playing possibilities: shufﬂe,

shufﬂe repeat, repeat and

2 eq.........................switches the bass enhancement on and off. this

button also switches acoustic feedback (the beep)

on/off when it is pressed for more than 2 seconds

3 esp ......................toggle to select between the battery powersave mode

and electronic skip protection (esp). esp ensures

continuous cd playback regardless of vibrations and

shocks

4 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone jack, jack to connect the player to

another audio input of an additional appliance,

remote control jack

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 5 .........................skips and searches cd tracks backwards

7 indicator.............lights up : red (battery low / power down) ,

green (power up), orange (pause mode)

8 2; ........................switches the player on, starts or pauses cd play

9 9...........................stops cd play, switches the player off

0 6 .........................skips and searches cd tracks forwards

! DC........................jack for external power supply

@ off.........................switches resume and hold off

resume................stores the last position of a cd track played

hold.....................locks all buttons

# .................opens the cd lids

clip magnets

wear your remote control and secure your

headphone cord with these wearable

magnets.

1 check the polarity of the 2 button

magnets. insert the big button magnet

underneath your garment.

2 clip the small button magnet on your outer

garment. clip the remote control on top.

3 secure your headphone cord with the

"butterﬂy" magnet clip.

WARNING:

–KEEP OUT OF REACH OF SMALL

CHILDREN TO AVOID CHOKING HAZARD.

–KEEP THE MAGNETS AWAY FROM

CREDIT CARDS, TAPES AND ANY ITEMS,

WHICH MAY BE SENSITIVE TO THE MAGNETS.

–USERS OF PACEMAKERS OR OTHER IMPLANTED DEVICES SHOULD

CONSULT THEIR PHYSICIAN BEFORE USING MAGNETS OR DEVICES

THAT MAY GENERATE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.

accessories / power supply

hand strap / waist pack AY3293

wear your cd player during sport activity by securing

it to the supplied hand strap / waist pack.

1 open the strap enclosure on the back of the

hand strap / waist pack and slide the cd

player inside. make sure the headphone /

remote jack is aligned to the jack hole.

2 thread the strap.

3 position your hand and adjust the strap until

the ﬁt is snug and comfortable.

batteries (supplied or optionally available)

you can use the following batteries with this cd-player:

• alkaline batteries type AAA (LR03, UM4) .

notes:

old and new or different types of batteries should not be combined.

remove batteries if they are empty or if the player is not going to be used for a

long time.

inserting batteries

1 push to open the cd door

2 open the cd compartment and insert 2 x

AAA batteries.

battery indication

the approximate power level of your batteries

is shown in the display. (on remote control)

battery full

battery two-thirds full

battery one-third full

battery dead or empty. when the batteries

are dead or empty, the symbol ﬂashes,

is displayed, and the beep tone

sounds repeatedly. indicator lights up

orange and beeps brieﬂy.

indicator then turns red before player

switches off.

average playing time of batteries under normal conditions

battery type esp + power save

normal AAA 3 hours

alkaline AAA 12 hours

batteries contain chemical substances, so they should be disposed of

properly.

power supply / general information

power adapter (supplied or optionally available)

use only the AY 3170 power adapter supplied

with your product (4.5 V / 300 mA direct

current, positive pole to the center pin). any

other product may damage the player.

1 make sure the local voltage corresponds to

the adapter’s voltage.

2 connect the adapter to the DC jack of the

player and to the wall jack.

note: always disconnect the adapter when you are not using it.

environmental information

• all redundant packing material has been omitted. we have done our

utmost to make the packaging easily separable into two mono

materials: cardboard and polyethylene.

• your set consists of materials which can be recycled if disassem-

bled by a specialized company. please observe the local regulations

regarding the disposal of packing materials, exhausted batteries

and old equipment.

headphones HJ050

• connect the supplied headphones to the p

jack of the player.

note: p can also be used for

connecting this set to your hiﬁi system t

adjust the sound and volume, use the controls

on the connected audio equipment and on

the cd player.

take care when using headphones

hearing safety: listen at a moderate volume. using headphones at

high volume can impair your hearing.

traffic safety: do not use headphones while driving or cycling as you

may cause an accident.

general information / cd play

cd player and cd handling

• do not touch the lens A of the cd player.

• do not expose the unit, batteries or cds to

humidity, rain, sand or excessive heat (caused

by heating equipment or direct sunlight).

• you can clean the cd player with a soft, slightly

dampened, lint-free cloth. do not use any

cleaning agents as they may have a corrosive

effect.

• to clean the cd, wipe it in a straight line from the center toward the

edge using a soft, lint-free cloth. a cleaning agent may damage the

disc! never write on a cd or attach a sticker to it.

• the lens may cloud over when the unit is moved suddenly from cold

to warm surroundings. playing a cd is not possible then. leave the cd

player in a warm environment until the moisture has evaporated.

• active mobile phones in the vicinity of the cd player may cause

malfunctions.

• avoid dropping the unit as this may cause damage.

in-car use (connections supplied or optionally available)

only use the AY 3545 or AY 3548 car voltage converter (4.5 V DC,

positive pole to the center pin) and the AY 3501 car cassette adapter.

any other product may damage the set.

1 put the set on a horizontal, vibration-free and

stable surface. make sure it is in a safe place,

where the set is neither a danger nor an

obstacle to the driver and the passengers.

2 plug the voltage converter into the cigarette

lighter jack (only for 12 V car battery,

negative grounding), then connect the wired

end with 4.5V DC input jack on the set.

3 if necessary, clean the cigarette lighter jack to

obtain a good electrical contact.

4 turn down the volume and connect the cassette adapter plug to p on

the set.

5 carefully insert the cassette adapter into the car radio’s cassette

compartment.

6 make sure the cord does not hinder your driving.

7 decrease the volume on the set if necessary. start playback on the

set and adjust the sound with the car radio controls.

• always remove the voltage converter from the cigarette lighter jack

when the set is not in use.

notes: if your car radio has a LINE IN jack, it is better to use it for

the car radio connection instead of the cassette adapter. connect the

signal lead to this LINE IN jack and to p on the set.

cd play / features

playing a cd

this cd-player can play all kinds of audio discs

such as cd-recordables and cd-rewritables. do

not try to play a cd-rom, CDi, VCD, DVD or

computer cd.

1 push the slider to open the player.

2 insert an audio cd, printed side up, by

pressing the cd onto the hub.

3 close the player by pressing the lid down.

4 press 2; to switch the player on and start

playback.

y the current track number and elapsed

playing time are displayed. indicator lights

up green.

• you can pause playback by pressing 2;.

y the time at which playback was paused

starts ﬂashing. indicator turns orange and

ﬂashes.

• you can continue playback by pressing 2;

again.

5 press 9 to stop playback.

y the total number of tracks and the total

playing time of the cd are displayed.

6 press 9 again to switch the player off. indicator

lights up red and gradually turns off.

• to remove the cd, hold it by its edge and press

the hub gently while lifting the cd.

note: if there is no activity, the set will

automatically switch off after a while to save

energy.

playback information

• i

f a cd-recordable (CD-R) or a cd-rewritable

(CD-RW) is not recorded properly, is

displayed, indicating that the cd has not been

ﬁnalized. in that case, use FINALIZE on your

cd recorder to complete the recording.

• when playing a cd-rewritable (CD-RW), please

note that it takes 3–15 seconds after pressing

2; for sound reproduction to start.

• playback will stop if you open the cd lid.

• while the cd is read, 1 -:- ﬂashes in the display.

volume and bass

volume adjustment

• adjust the volume by using

++//−−

((

vol).

bass adjustment

• press eq (on the set only) to switch the bass

enhancement on or off

y dbb is shown if the bass enhancement is

activated.

features

selecting a track and searching

selecting a track during playback

• brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

skip to the current, previous or next track.

y playback continues with the selected track,

and the track’s number is displayed.

selecting a track when playback is stopped

1 brieﬂy press 5 or 6 once or several times to

select the desired track. the track number is displayed.

2 press 2; to start cd play.

y playback starts with the selected track.

searching for a passage during playback

1 keep 5 or 6 pressed to ﬁnd a particular passage in

a backward or forward direction.

y searching starts while playback continues at low

volume. after 2 seconds the search speeds up.

2 release the button when you reach the desired passage.

y playback continues from this position.

notes:

– if the player is in mode (see mode chapter), searching is not

possible.

– in shufﬂe, shufﬂe repeat or repeat mode (see mode chapter),

searching is only possible within the particular track.

selecting different playing possibilities-mode

it is possible to play tracks in random order, to repeat a single track or

the entire cd, and to play the ﬁrst few seconds of each track.

1 press mode during playback as often as

required in order to activate one of the

following ‘modes’. the active mode is shown in

the display.

y shufﬂe: all tracks of the cd are played in

random order until all of them have been

played once.

y shufﬂe repeat: all tracks of the cd are

played repeatedly in random order.

yrepeat : the entire cd is played repeatedly.

y : the ﬁrst 10 seconds of each of the

remaining tracks are played in sequence.

2 playback starts in the chosen mode after 2

seconds.

• to return to normal playback, press mode repeatedly until the display

shows no active modes.

caution

use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than herein may result in hazardous

radiation exposure or other unsafe operation.

the model and serial numbers are located inside the

cd door.

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat

registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including ampliﬁers) that pro-

duce heat.

9. Only use attachments/accessories speciﬁed by the manufactur-

er.

10.

Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

speciﬁed by the manufacturer or sold with the appara-

tus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the

cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-

over.

11.

Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as if the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been

spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, or when the appa-

ratus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate nor-

mally, or has been dropped.

12. Battery usage

CAUTION

– To prevent battery leakage which

may result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install ALL batteries correctly, + and - as marked on the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (OLD and NEW or CARBON and ALKALINE,

etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

EL 6474-E004: 02/8

1. Lisez ces instructions.

2. Conservez ces instructions.

3. Respectez les avertissements.

4. Suivez toutes les instructions.

5. N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’une source d’eau.

6. Nettoyez l’appareil uniquement avec un chiffon sec.

7. N’obstruez aucun oriﬁce de ventilation. Installez l’appareil

selon les instructions du fabricant.

8. N’installez pas l’appareil près d’une source de chaleur

comme par exemple des radiateurs, bouches de chaleur, cuisinières,

ou autres appareils (même des ampliﬁcateurs) dégageant de la

chaleur.

9. Utilisez uniquement des accessoires ou options recommandés

par le fabricant.

10. Utilisez uniquement un meuble sur roulettes, un

support, un pied, une étagère ou une table de type

recommandé par le fabricant. Si vous utilisez un meuble

sur roulettes, veillez à le déplacer avec précaution aﬁn

d’éviter tout accident corporel si l’équipement se ren-

versait.

11. Pour toute réparation, faites appel à un personnel qualiﬁé. Une

réparation sera nécessaire si l’appareil a subi des dommages tels

que détérioration du cordon d’alimentation ou de la prise, liquide

renversé sur l’appareil, ou encore si un objet est tombé dessus, si

l’appareil a été exposé à la pluie ou à l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne

pas correctement ou s’il a fait une chute.

12. PRÉCAUTIONd’emploi des piles

– Aﬁn d’éviter toute fuite des piles qui risquerait de causer des

blessures corporelles, des dommages matériels, ou d’endommager

l’appareil:

• Installez TOUTES les piles correctement, + et - tels qu’indiqués sur

l’appareil.

• Ne mélangez pas les piles (pas de piles NEUVES avec des

USAGÉES ou de piles au CARBONE avec des ALCALINES, etc.).

• Enlevez les piles lorsque l’appareil reste inutilisé pendant une

longue période.

EL 6474-F003: 02/8

INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

1. Lea estas instrucciones.

2. Conserve estas instrucciones.

3. Lea todos los avisos.

4. Siga todas las instrucciones – Deberán seguirse todas las

instrucciones relativas al funcionamiento y a la utilización del

equipo.

5. No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.

6. Para limpiar el aparato utilice sólo un trapo seco.

7. No tape las aperturas de ventilación. Proceda a su insta-

lación de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante.

8. No instale el equipo cerca de fuentes de calor – Como radi-

adores, calentadores, estufas o cualquier otro aparato (incluyendo

los ampliﬁcadores) generador de calor.

9. Utilice exclusivamente aquellos dispositivos/accesorios

recomendados por el fabricante.

10. Coloque el equipo exclusivamente sobre aquellos

carros, bases, trípodes, soportes o mesas especiﬁcados

por el comerciante o vendidos con el equipo. Cuando

utilice un carro, tenga cuidado al desplazar el conjunto

carro/equipo para evitar posibles daños por vuelco.

11. Confíe el mantenimiento y las reparaciones a personal técnico

especializado. El equipo deberá repararse siempre que haya resul-

tado dañado de alguna manera, como por ejemplo por daños en el

cable o en la clavija, por derrame de líquido sobre el equipo, por

objetos que hubieran podido introducirse en su interior, por exposi-

ción del equipo a la lluvia o a ambientes húmedos, cuando el

equipo no funcione con normalidad o cuando hubiera sufrido algún

tipo de caída.

12. Uso de las pilas –

ADVERTENCIA

: Para prevenir escapes

en las pilas, que pueden ocasionar lesiones físicas, daños a su

propiedad o dañar la unidad:

• Instale TODAS las pilas correctamente, + y - como está marcado

en la unidad.

• No mezcle las pilas (VIEJAS con NUEVAS o DE CARBONO y

ALCALINAS, etc.).

• Extraiga las pilas cuando no vaya a usar la unidad durante largo

tiempo.

EL 6474-S003: 02/8

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Return your Warranty Registration card today to

ensure you receive all the benefits you’re entitled to.

• Once your Philips purchase is regis-

tered,you’re eligible to receive all the

privileges of owning a Philips product.

• So complete and return the Warranty

Registration Card enclosed with your

purchase at once,and take advantage

of these important benefits.

Warranty

Verification

Registering your product

within 10 days confirms

your right to maximum

protection under the

terms and conditions of

your Philips warranty.

Owner

Confirmation

Your completed

Warranty Registration

Card serves as verifica-

tion of ownership in the

event of product theft

or loss.

Model

Registration

Returning your Warranty

Registration Card right

away guarantees you’ll

receive all the information

and special offers which

you qualify for as the

owner of your model.

This “bolt of lightning”

indicates uninsulated material

within your unit may cause an

electrical shock.For the safety of

everyone in your household,please

do not remove product covering.

The “exclamation point” calls

attention to features for which

you should read the enclosed litera-

ture closely to prevent operating and

maintenance problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE

OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT

EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN

OR MOISTURE.

For Customer Use

Enter below the Serial No.which is

located on the rear of the cabinet.Retain

this information for future reference.

Model No. _____________________

Serial No. ______________________

Know these

ssaaffeettyy

symbols

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT

REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS

INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

MAC5097

APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED

TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING.

DO NOT PLACE ANY SOURCES

OF DANGER ON THE APPARATUS

(e.g. liquid filled objects, lighted candles).

Renvoyez votre carte d’enregistrement de garantie pour vous

assurer de recevoir tous les avantages auxquels vous avez droit.

• Dès que l’achat de votre appareil

Philips est enregistré,vous avez droit à

tous les avantages dont bénéficient les

possesseurs des produits Philips.

• Remplissez et renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de garantie jointe à

votre appareil sans tarder et vous béné-

ficierez de ces avantages importants.

Vérification

de garantie

Enregistrez votre pro-

duit dans les 10 jours

pour confirmer votre

droit à une protection

maximum selon les

termes et les conditions

de votre garantie Philips.

Confirmation

de possession

Votre carte d’enreg-

istrement de garantie

prouve que vous pos-

sédez l’appareil en cas

de vol ou de perte du

produit.

Enregistrement

du modèle

Renvoyez votre carte

d’enregistrement de

garantie dès aujourd’hui

pour vous assurer de

recevoir toutes les

informations,les offres et

les bonus auxquels vous

avez droit en tant que

possesseur de ce modèle.

Cet «éclair à pointe de flèche»

indique qu’un matériau non isolé,

situé à l’intérieur de l’unité, risque de

provoquer un choc électrique. Pour la

sécurité de chacun, nous vous prions de

ne pas retirer le boîtier de ce produit.

Le «point d’exclamation» attire

votre attention sur des sujets

risquant de provoquer des problèmes de

fonctionnement et d’entretien si vous ne

lisez pas les informations s’y reportant.

DANGER :

NE PAS EXPOSER CET

ÉQUIPEMENT A LA PLUIE NI A UNE

HUMIDITÉ EXCESSIVE POUR ÉVITER LES

RISQUES D’INCENDIE ET DE CHOC

ÉLECTRIQUE.

Cet espace vous est réservé

Inscrivez ci-dessous le numéro de série

situé à l’arrière du bloc.Conservez cette

information pour vous y reporter à l’avenir.

N° de modèle __________________

N° de série ____________________

Connaissez ces

symboles de

ssééccuurriittee

ATTENTION

RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE

NE PAS OUVRIR

ATTENTION: POUR REDUIRE LE RESQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS ENLEVER

LE COUVERCLE (NI LE PANNEAU ARRIERE). CET APPAREIL NE COMPORTE AUCUNE

PIECE POUVANT TRE REPAREE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. CONFIER SON ENTRETIEN A

UN TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE.

MAC5097

L'APPAREIL NE DOIT PAS ETRE EXPOSÉ

A DES

ÉGOUTTEMENTS OU DES

ÉCLABOUSSURES.

NE POSEZ AUCUN ÉLÉMENT POUVANT

ETRE SOURCE DE DANGER SUR L'APPAREIL

(ex. des objets contenant du liquide, des bougies

allum

èes).

Envie hoy su Tarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

para recibir todas las ventajas correspondientes.

• Una vez que se registre la compra de

su aparato Philips, Ud. tiene derecho a

todas las ventajas correspondientes al

dueño de un producto Philips.

• Sírvase llenar y devolver en seguida

laTarjeta de Registro de la Garantía

empacada con su aparato y saque

provecho de estas ventajas importantes.

Verificación

de la garantía

Registre su producto

dentro de 10días para

confirmar su derecho a

máxima protección

bajo los términos y

condiciones de la garan-

tía de Philips.

Confirmación

del dueño

Su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía comprue-

ba que Ud.es el dueño

del aparato en caso de

robo o pérdida del pro-

ducto.

Registro

del modelo

La devolución inmediata

de su Tarjeta de Registro

de la Garantía le garantiza

que recibirá toda la infor-

mación y todas las pro-

mociones especiales que

le corresponden por ser

el dueño de su modelo.

El símbolo del «rayo» indica que

algún material no aislado dentro

de su unidad podría resultar en una

sacudida eléctrica.Para la seguridad de

todos,favor de no remover la cubierta

del producto.

El «signo de exclamación» le llama

la atención a características sobre

las que Ud.debe leer la información

adjunta detenidamente para evitar proble-

mas de funcionamiento y mantenimiento.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA

EVITAR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA

ELECTRICA O INCENDIO,NO

EXPONGA ESTE EQUIPO A LLUVIA

NI A HUMEDAD.

Para uso del cliente:

Escriba abajo el número de serie que se

encuentra en el panel posterior.

Guarde esta información para el futuro.

No.de modelo _________________

No.de serie ____________________

Conozca estos

simbolos de

seguridad

MAC5097

PRECAUCION

RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA

NO ABRIR

PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE SACUDIDA ELECTRICA,NO RETIRE

LA CUBIERTA (NI EL PANEL POSTERIOR). ESTE APARATONO CONTIENE NINGUNA

PARTE QUE PUEDA SER REPARADA POREL USARIO. DE SER NECESARIO ALGUN

SERVICIO O REPARACIONDEL APARATO, LLEVELO UN TECNICO CALIFICADO.

NO DEBE EXPONER EL APARATO A

GOTAS NI SALPICADURAS.

NO COLOQUE NING

úN OBJETO

PELIGROSO SOBRE EL APARATO

(por ejemplo recipientes con l

quidos,

velas encendidas).

Canada

English

This digital apparatus does not exceed

the Class B limits for radio noise emis-

sions from digital apparatus as set out in

the Radio Interference Regulations of the

Canadian Department of

Communications.

Français

Cet appareil numérique n'émet pas de

bruits radioélectriques dépassant les li-

mites applicables aux appareils

numériques de Classe B prescrites dans

le Règlement sur le Brouillage

Radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère

des Communications du Canada.

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to exchange the product. A sales receipt or other document

showing that you purchased the product is considered proof of purchase. Attach it to this

owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year thereafter, a defective or

inoperative product will be replaced with a new, renewed or comparable product at no charge

to you. A replacement product is covered only for the original warranty period. When the war-

ranty on the original product expires, the warranty on the replacement product also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

•labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of customer controls on

the product, and installation or repair of antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, accident, unauthorized repair or

other cause not within the control of Philips.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna systems outside the unit.

•a product that requires modiﬁcation or adaptation to enable it to operate in any country

other than the country for which it was designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized,

or repair of products damaged by these modiﬁcations.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product. (Some states do not

allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion may not

apply to you. This includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copyrighted or

not copyrighted.)

•a product that is used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS EXCHANGE AVAILABLE?

You may exchange the product in all countries where the product is ofﬁcially distributed by

Philips. In countries where Philips does not distribute the product, the local Philips service

organization will attempt to provide a replacement product (although there may be a delay if

the appropriate product is not readily available).

LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may have other rights

which vary from state/province to state/province.

EL4967E007 / 8-02

BEFORE REQUESTING EXCHANGE...

Please check your owner's manual for assistance. If you have additional questions,

call us at 1-800-531-0039.

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO, OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact 1-800-531-0039 to arrange an exchange. Or, ship the product, insured and freight pre-

paid, and with proof of purchase enclosed, to the address listed below.

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties, including implied war-

ranties of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose, are limited in duration to the

duration of this express warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to you.)

EXCHANGING A PRODUCT IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 (French Speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish Speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No other warranties are

expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability or ﬁtness for a par-

ticular purpose. Philips is not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special,

incidental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notiﬁed of the possibility of

such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record below the model and serial numbers found on the product. Also, please ﬁll out

and mail your warranty registration card promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if nec-

essary.

MODEL # __________________________________________

SERIAL # __________________________________________

PORT

ABLE COMP

ACT DISC

One Year Free Exchange

This product must be carried in for an exchange.

Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spéciﬁques et vous pourriez

avoir d’autres droits qui varient d’état en état et de province en province.

AVANT DE DEMANDER UNE ÉCHANGE…

Veuillez consulter votre guide d'utilisation pour assistance. Si vous avez d'autres questions,

contactez-nous au 1-800-531-0039.

POUR BÉNÉFICIER DE L’ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AUX É.-U.,

AU PUERTO RICO OU DANS LES ÎLES VIERGES AMÉRICAINES…

Contactez 1-800-531-0039 pour organiser un échange. Ou bien, renvoyer le produit, frêt et

assurances payés, avec preuve d’achat incluse, à l’adresse ci-dessous :

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(Aux É.-U., au Puerto Rico et aux Îles Vierges, toute garantie implicite, y compris des garanties de

vendabilité et d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque, est limitée à la durée de cette garantie explicite.

Mais, étant donné que certains états et provinces ne permettent pas de limité la durée d’une

garantie implicite, cette limitation pourrait ne pas s’appliquer au cas présent.)

POUR BÉNÉFICIER D’UNE ÉCHANGE GARANTIE AU CANADA…

Veuillez contacter Philips au :

1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Anglophone ou hispanophone)

(Au Canada, cette garantie est consentie à la place de toute autre garantie. Aucune autre garantie

n’est donnée, qu’elle soit explicite ou implicite, y compris une garantie implicite de vendabilité ou

d’aptitude à un but spéciﬁque. Philips n’est pas, en aucun cas, responsable des dommages, qu’ils

soit directs ou indirects, spéciaux, secondaires ou conséquents, quels que soient leurs origines,

même en présence d’une notiﬁcation de la possibilité de tels dommages.)

RAPPEL IMPORTANT...

Veuillez inscrire ci-dessous les numéros de modèle et de série qui se trouvent sur le produit

même. De plus, veuillez remplir et renvoyer sans délai la carte d’enregistrement de garantie. Il

nous sera ainsi plus facile de vous contacter en cas de besoin.

Nº DE MODÈLE _____________________________________

Nº DE SÉRIE _____________________________________

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

QUI EST COUVERT ?

Il faudra présenter une preuve d’achat pour pouvoir bénéﬁcier des services de la garantie. Le

reçu, la facture ou un autre document portant la date d’achat qui prouve que vous avez bien

acheté le produit est considéré comme preuve d’achat. L’attacher à ce manuel d’emploi et les

garder tous les deux à portée de main.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST COUVERT ?

La couverture de la garantie entre en vigueur le jour où vous achetez le produit. Pendant un an

à compter de cette date, tout produit défectueux ou qui ne fonctionne pas sera remplacé par

un produit neuf, renouvelé ou un produit comparable sans frais aucun au consommateur. Un

produit de remplacement n’est couvert que pendant la période non-écoulée de garantie d’orig-

ine. Lorsque la garantie du produit d’origine vient à terme, la garantie du produit de remplace-

ment est terminée aussi.

QU’EST-CE QUI EST EXCLU DE LA GARANTIE ?

La garantie ne couvre pas :

• les frais de main d’œuvre pour installer ou préparer, pour régler les commandes et pour

installer ou réparer les systèmes d’antenne à l’extérieur du produit.

• la réparation du produit et/ou d’une pièce pour cause du mauvais emploi, d’accident, de

réparations non-agréées ou d’une autre raison qui ne peut pas être contrôlée par Philips.

• des problèmes de réception dûs à des conditions de signal, au câble ou aux systèmes

d’antenne à l’extérieur de l’unité.

• un produit qui nécessite des modiﬁcations ou adaptations pour lui permettre de fonction-

ner dans un pays autre que le pays pour lequel il a été conçu, fabriqué, agréé et/ou autorisé,

ou la réparation des produits endommagés par de telles modiﬁcations.

• des dommages indirects ou conséquents qui résultent du produit. (Certains états ou

provinces ne permettent pas l’exclusion de dommages indirects ou conséquents. Il est donc

possible que l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’applique pas au cas présent. Cela comprend, mais de

façon non-limitative, des enregistrements, qu’ils soient protégés ou non par les lois sur les

droits d’auteur).

•

un produit utilisé pour des raisons commerciales ou institutionnelles.

OÙ L’ÉCHANGE EST-ELLE PROPOSÉE ?

Le produit pourra s’échanger dans tous les pays où le produit est distribué ofﬁciellement par

Philips. Dans des pays où Philips ne distribue pas le produit, l’organisme local de service Philips

tentera de fournir un produit de remplacement (mais il pourra y avoir des retards si le bon pro-

duit n’est pas facilement disponible).

LECTEUR À DISQUE COMPACT PORTABLE

Échange gratuite pendant un an

Il faut porter ce produit à un centre de service pour l’échanger.

GARANTIE LIMITÉE

EL4967F006 / 8-02

Philips, P.O. Box 520890, Miami,

FL 33152, USA, (402) 536-4171

¿QUIEN TIENE PROTECCION?

Usted debe tener su comprobante de venta para cambiar el producto. Una nota de venta u

otro documento mostrando que usted compró el producto se considera un comprobante de

venta. Adjúntelo a este manual de instrucciones y reténgalo a la mano.

¿QUE CUBRE?

La protección bajo la garantía comienza el mismo día en que usted compra el producto. Durante un

año a partir de esta fecha, se reemplazará un producto inoperante o defectuoso con otro nuevo,

renovado o comparable sin cargo alguno. Un producto de reemplazo tiene cobertura sólo durante el

período de la garantía original. Una vez que venza la garantía original del producto, también habrá

vencido la garantía del producto de reemplazo.

¿QUE EXCLUYE LA GARANTIA?

Su garantía no cubre:

• cobros por mano de obra durante la instalación o montaje del producto, ajuste de los con-

troles del cliente o de preferencia e instalación o reparación de los sistemas con antena fuera

de la unidad.

•

reparación del producto y/o reemplazo de piezas, a raíz de uso indebido, accidente, reparación no

autorizada u otra causa no bajo el control de Philips.

• problemas de recepción ocasionados por condiciones de señales o sistemas de cable o de

antena fuera de la unidad.

• un producto que requiera modiﬁcación o adaptación para que opere en un país que no sea

el país para el que fue concebido, fabricado, aprobado y/o autorizado, o la reparación de pro-

ductos dañados por tales modiﬁcaciones.

• daños incidentales o consecuentes que resulten del producto. (Algunos estados no per-

miten la exclusión por daños incidentales o consecuentes, de modo que es posible que la

exclusión arriba indicada no le sea aplicable a usted. Esto incluye, sin limitarse, materiales

pregrabados con o sin amparo de derechos de autor.)

• una unidad que se ha usado para ﬁnes comerciales o institucionales.

¿DONDE SE EFECTUA EL CAMBIO?

Usted puede cambiar el producto en todos los países con distribución oﬁcial del producto por

Philips. En países donde Philips no distribuye el producto, la entidad local de servicio Philips

tratará de darle un producto de reemplazo (aunque puede haber demora si el producto apropia-

do no está fácilmente disponible).

TOCADISCOS DE CD PORT

ATIL

Cambio gratis por un año

Se necesita presentarse en persona con este producto para cambiarlo.

GARANTIA LIMITADA

El aparato cumple las normas FCC, Parte 15 y 21 CFR

1040.10. Funcionamiento dependiente de dos

condiciones siguientes:

1. Este aparato no puede provocar interferencia dañina, y

2. Este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia

recibida, incluyendo las interferencias que pueden

provocar un funcionamiento insuﬁciente.

L’appareil répond aux normes FCC, Part 15 et 21 CFR

1040.10. Fonctionnement soumis aux deux conditions

suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d’interférences

nuisibles, et

2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y

compris les interférences susceptibles de provoquer

un fonctionement peu satisfaisant.

The set complies with the FCC-Rules, Part 15 and with 21

CFR 1040.10. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired

operation.

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ IMPORTANTES

ANTES DE PEDIR UN CAMBIO…

Por favor, consulte su manual del usuario si necesita ayuda. Si tiene más preguntas, llámenos

al 1-800-531-0039.

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN LOS EE.UU.,

PUERTO RICO O LAS ISLAS VIRGENES…

Contacte con el 1-800-531-0039 para concertar un cambio. También, usted puede enviar el

producto con el seguro y transporte o franqueo prepagados, adjuntando el comprobante de

venta y enviándolo a la dirección a continuación:

Philips Exchange Program

Suite A

406 North Irish Street

Greeneville TN 37745

(En los EE.UU., Puerto Rico o las Islas Vírgenes, toda garantía implícita, inclusive las garantías

implícitas de comerciabilidad y aptitud para un propósito en particular, están limitadas en

cuanto a duración al plazo de esta garantía expresa. Puesto que algunos estados no permiten

limitaciones sobre la duración de una garantía implícita, es posible que la limitación arriba

indicada no le sea aplicable a usted.)

PARA CAMBIAR UN PRODUCTO EN EL CANADA…

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al:

1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

1-800-531-0039 (anglófono o hispanohablante)

(En el Canadá, esta garantía es otorgada en lugar de toda otra garantía. No se otorga ninguna

otra garantía expresa ni implícita, comprendiéndose aquí ninguna garantía implícita de comer-

ciabilidad o aptitud para propósito alguno. Philips no será responsable bajo circunstancia algu-

na por daños y perjuicios directos, indirectos, especiales, incidentales o consecuentes, inde-

pendientemente de la manera ocasionada, aún con notiﬁcación de la posibilidad de los

mismos.)

RECUERDE…

Favor de anotar los números de modelo y serie del producto en el espacio abajo. También, sír-

vase llenar y enviar oportunamente su tarjeta de registro de la garantía. Así nos será más fácil

notiﬁcarle en caso de ser necesario.

Modelo No. __________________________________________

Serie No. __________________________________________

Esta garantía le otorga derechos legales especíﬁcos y usted podría

gozar de otros derechos que varían de un estado a otro.

EL4967S006 / 8-02

attention

l’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou

l’exécution de procédures autres que celles décrites

dans le présent

manuel risque d’entraîner une

exposition à un rayonnement dangereux ou d’avoir

d’autres conséquences sur la sécurité.

le numéro de modèle et le numéro de série se situent

à l’intérieur du couvercle du cd.

precaución

la utilización de controles o ajustes y la realización

de procedimientos distintos de los contenidos en este

manual pueden provocar la exposición a radiaciones

peligrosas y a otros peligros.

el número de modelo y el número de serie están

dentro de la tapa del cd.

4,5 V DC

12 V DC

features

esp / power save mode

with a conventional portable cd-player you might have experienced that

the music stopped e.g. when you were jogging. the electronic skip

protection (esp) prevents loss of sound caused by light vibrations and

shocks. continuous playback is ensured. however esp does not prevent

playback interruptions during vigorous running. it also does not protect

the unit against any damage caused by dropping!

on this set powersaving is default on. the power save mode helps to

extend battery lifetime for longer playback.

• press esp (on the set only) to enter power save

mode.

ypowersave is displayed.

• press esp again to return to esp mode.

ypowersave disappears.

esp on ➟ powersave ➟esp on

troubleshooting

warning: under no circumstances should you try to repair the set yourself

as this will invalidate the warranty. if a fault occurs, ﬁrst check the points

listed, before taking the unit for repair. if you are unable to solve a problem

by following these hints, consult your dealer or service center.

the cd player has no power, or playback does not start

• check that your batteries are not dead or empty, that they are inserted

correctly, that the contact pins are clean.

• your adapter connection may be loose. connect it securely.

• for in-car use, check that the car ignition is on. also check player’s

batteries.

the indication is displayed

• check that the cd is clean and correctly inserted (label-side upward).

• if your lens has steamed up, wait a few minutes for this to clear.

the indication is displayed

• CD-RW (CD-R) was not recorded properly. use FINALIZE on your cd-

recorder.

the indication is on and/or there is no reaction to controls

• if hold is activated, then deactivate it.

• electrostatic discharge. disconnect power or remove batteries for a

few seconds.

the cd skips tracks

• the cd is damaged or dirty. replace or clean the cd.

•resume, shufﬂe is active. switch off whichever is on.

no sound or bad sound quality.

• pause might be active. press 2;.

• loose, wrong or dirty connections. check and clean connections.

• volume might not be appropriately adjusted. adjust the volume.

• strong magnetic ﬁelds. check player’s position and connections. also

keep away from active mobile phones.

• for in-car use, check that the cassette adapter is inserted correctly,

that the car cassette player’s playback direction is correct (press

autoreverse to change), and that the cigarette lighter jack is clean.

allow time for temperature change.

type number - act500

Nike, Inc. 2003. All rights are reserved.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

Meet Philips & Nike on the Internet

http://www.nike-philips.com

3140 115 3079 1

Printed in China

controls / accessories

remote control

AY3781 ( see ﬁgure

)

1 p ...........................3.5 mm headphone plug to connect to headphones

jack

2 hold .....................locks all buttons

3 stop......................stops playback and switches the set off

5 / 6

..................skips and searches forward / backward tracks

++//−−

........................adjusts the volume

6 2; ........................switches the set on, starts playback and interrupts

playback

connecting the remote control

use only the AY 3781 remote control.

1 press 9 on the set twice to switch off the

set.

2 ﬁrmly connect the remote control to p on

the set.

3 ﬁrmly connect the headphones to the plug

on the remote control.

4 on the remote control keep 2; pressed for

1 second to switch on the set and to start

playback.

5 adjust the volume and sound on the psa and your remote control.

PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT

modiﬁcations not authorized by the manufacturer may

void users authority to operate this device.

IMPORTANTE

modiﬁcações não autorizadas pelo fabricante, podem

causar danos na operação deste aparelho.

¡IMPORTANTE!

las modiﬁcaciones no autorizadas por el fabricante

pueden anular la autoridad de los usuarios para utilizar

este aparato.

ACT500 /17 13/6/03 10:51 Page 1

Philips PSA[CD Manuel utilisateur

Marque: Philips

Modèle: PSA[CD

Catégorie: Lecteur CD

Taper: Manuel utilisateur

Ce manuel convient également à

Télécharger le PDF

rapport

dans d''autres langues

English: Philips PSA[CD User manual
español: Philips PSA[CD Manual de usuario

Philips PSA[CD Manuel utilisateur

Ce manuel convient également à

Philips PSA[CD Manuel utilisateur

dans d''autres langues

Documents connexes

Autres documents